Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S ... · ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse savant: Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 106

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 172

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 187

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 345

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 364

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 374

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Emblem, and CTSare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,

model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 22990214 A First Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along with

the text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


4 Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Passenger Sensing System . . . 15Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22Surround Vision (CTS Only) . . . 22Curb View Camera(CTS-V Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Universal Remote System . . . . . 24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 27Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 185.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 167.

3. Manual Mode 0 212 (IfEquipped).

4. Instrument Cluster 0 115.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 108.

6. Hazard Warning Flashers0 167.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248(If Equipped).

Start/Stop Disable Switch (IfEquipped). See Starting theEngine 0 204.

7. Light Sensor (If Equipped). SeeAutomatic Headlamp System0 166.

Solar Sensor. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

8. Infotainment 0 172.

9. Glove Box Button. See GloveBox 0 103.

Automatic Parking AssistButton (If Equipped). SeeAssistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 235.

Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 235.

10. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 61 (If Equipped).

11. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

12. Instrument Panel Storage0 103.

Wireless Charging Pad (IfEquipped) (Out of View). SeeWireless Charging 0 113

13. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 216.

14. MODE Switch. See DriverMode Control 0 218.

15. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 210.

Manual Mode Button. SeeAutomatic Transmission 0 210.

16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 202.

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 108.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134.

18. Horn 0 108.

19. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 107.

20. Cruise Control 0 224 (IfEquipped).

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 242 (If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 108(If Equipped).

21. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 168.

22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 136(If Equipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 125.

24. Hood Release. See Hood0 262.


8 In Brief

25. Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Switch. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle may have a fuel savingstop/start system to shut off theengine and help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal pushed, theengine will restart.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled using theswitch. See Starting the Engine0 204.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away.

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors.

Press Q to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152.


In Brief 9

PressX twice quickly to releasethe trunk.

Press 7 and release to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartThe engine can be started fromoutside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thedriver door. The key cylinder iscovered by a cap. See Door Locks0 37.

From the inside rear doors, pushdown on the door lock knob on topof the door. To unlock a door, pullonce on the door handle to unlock it,and again to open it.

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.


10 In Brief

From inside, press Q or K. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when locked. See PowerDoor Locks 0 39.

Trunk

To open the trunk, press| on the

driver door, pressX twice quicklyon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter, or press the touch padon the rear of the vehicle afterunlocking all doors.

For Keyless Access, press thetouch pad on the rear of the trunkabove the license plate when the

RKE transmitter is in range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29 and Trunk0 41.

Windows

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up to raiseit. See Power Windows 0 47.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

High Performance Seat

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If available, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.


In Brief 11

V–Series Seat Adjustment


1. Feature Select2. Up3. Rearward4. Down5. Forward

. Move Feature Select (1) todisplay seat adjustments on thecenter stack. Press and releaseor hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Rearward (3) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to makedownward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Forward (5) to makeforward adjustments of theselected feature.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 55.

Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat

To adjust the lumbar and bolstersupport, if equipped:

. Press and hold the controlforward or rearward to increaseor decrease lumbar support

. Press and hold the control up ordown to increase or decreaseseatback bolster support,if available.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe seatback bolster support, pressand hold the recliner control upand down.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.


12 In Brief

V-Series Bolster Support

4–Way Lumbar Support

To adjust lumbar support,if equipped:

High Performance Seat Shown

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tolumbar support on the centerstack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust lumbarforward or rearward.

. Press Up (2) or Down (4) toadjust lumbar support upor down.

Cushion Bolster

To adjust cushion bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tobolster support on the centerstack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust bolstersupport inward or outward.

Back Bolster Support

To adjust back bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll toupper back support on thecenter stack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust backsupport forward or rearward.


In Brief 13

Reclining Seatbacks

Base Seat

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.





See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.

Memory Features

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped).

Automatic Memory Recall and/orEasy Exit Recall features may beenabled in the vehiclepersonalization menus.

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalizationmenu, positions previously stored to


14 In Brief

memory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalization menu, theseats will move rearward when theignition is changed to OFF anddriver door is opened within ashort time.

See Memory Seats 0 59 andVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Front Seats

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 61.

Head RestraintAdjustmentIf equipped with base seats, thevehicle’s front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the vehicle’s front seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted.

Do not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.


In Brief 15

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 53 andPower Seat Adjustment 0 55.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 65.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 66.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 91.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. No

other airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 78.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 124.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.


16 In Brief

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (L) or (R) to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.

3. Adjust each mirror so that alittle of the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

See Power Mirrors 0 46.

Interior

The vehicle has an automaticdimming inside rearview mirror.Automatic dimming reduces theglare of headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 47.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down totilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 59.


In Brief 17

Interior LightingDome Lamp

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamp comes on whena door is opened.

ON : Turns the lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 168.

Exterior Lighting


18 In Brief

There are four positions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTOmode. In Canada, the headlampswill automatically reactivate whenthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 166.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turn

thex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense, movethe windshield wiper lever to INTand turn thex INT band to adjustthe sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rain Sense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 108.


In Brief 19

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Air Delivery Mode Control


20 In Brief

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178 and Rear ClimateControl System 0 183 (if equipped).

TransmissionTap Shift

If equipped, permanent Tap ShiftMode may be entered with the shiftlever in D (Drive), by pressing theM (Manual Mode) button on the topof the shift lever.

Temporary Tap Shift Mode may beentered while in D (Drive) using thetap shift controls on the back of thesteering wheel.

See Manual Mode 0 212.

Starting the EngineWhen first starting the vehicle, theengine idle speed will be elevated toallow the catalytic converter, anemissions control device, to quicklyreach operating temperature. Afterapproximately 20 seconds, theengine will begin to transition to itsnormal, quieter idle speed, whichcan vary depending on thetemperature. This is normaloperation.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.


In Brief 21

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If the cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h

(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed. To decrease speedby 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−down to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 224 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 227 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 134.


22 In Brief

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 242.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 244.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 248 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)0 248.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 246 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 246.

Surround Vision(CTS Only)If equipped, views around thevehicle display on the center stackto aid with parking and low-speedmaneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.


In Brief 23

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays on thecenter stack to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Curb View Camera(CTS-V Only)If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays on thecenter stack to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers. The displayshows a front, top down view at thetop of the screen and left and rightfront camera images on the bottom.

See “Curb View Camera (CTS-VSeries Only)” under AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 235.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecenter stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 235.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear ParkingAssist (RPA) uses sensors on therear bumper to assist with parking

and avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRear Vision Camera screen and agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 235.


24 In Brief

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If thesystem detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crashwith a detected object behind yourvehicle in your path, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop.


Power OutletsPower Outlets 12 Volt DirectCurrent

Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets:

. Inside the center consolestorage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the storage area underthe armrest cover.

. On the rear of the centerconsole, if equipped.

These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 111.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System0 159.

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active. See IgnitionPositions 0 202 and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206.


In Brief 25

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent : Press and release the frontof the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automaticallyopen approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press and hold the rear of theswitch (1) to close the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close :Press the front of the switch (1) asecond time to express open thesunroof. Press the rear of theswitch (1) to express close. To stopthe sunroof partway, press theswitch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press andrelease the front or rear of theswitch (2) to express open orexpress close the sunshade. Tostop the sunshade partway, pressthe switch (2) again.

See Sunroof 0 50.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease the TCS/StabiliTrakbuttonY on the center console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages0 147.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn traction controlback on.


26 In Brief

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold theTCS/StabiliTrak buttonY on the

center console until g and iilluminate in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage displays. See RideControl System Messages0 147.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 216.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl and may have CompetitiveDriving Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 218 and CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 310.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134 and EngineOil Messages 0 142.

2. Press the SEL button and holdto clear the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message and resetthe oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.


In Brief 27

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 273.

Car Wash Guidelines

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle andwheels. Automatic car washesare not recommended, due tolack of clearance for theundercarriage and/or wide reartires and wheels. See "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 336.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Service Program.

See Roadside Service 0 367.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 44

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 47Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . 50

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

This key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door, and rear foldingseats.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the transmitter nearthe bottom, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 367.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 377.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 374.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 152.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled through thevehicle personalization, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 43.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedriver door or all doors. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight, the headlamps and back-uplamps will come on for about30 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The turn signalindicators may flash to indicateunlocking.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 43.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152.

/ (Remote Start) : Press andrelease Q and then immediately

press and hold/ for at leastfour seconds to start the engine

from outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 35.

7 (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm) : Press and release onetime to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times. Press and hold7 for more than three seconds tosound the panic alarm. The hornsounds and the turn signal lampsflash for 30 seconds, or until 7 ispressed again or the vehicle isstarted.

X (Remote Trunk Release) :Press twice quickly to release thetrunk.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the door being opened.If equipped, there will be a button onthe outside door handles.



The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Door Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on a passengerdoor handle will unlock all doors.Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed if thevehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKE



transmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 152.

Temporary Disable PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad on the trunkhandle to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 37.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Remove the vehicle key fromthe recognized transmitter.

2. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

3. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insertthe vehicle key into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage areawill need to be opened and the



rubber mat needs to beremoved to access thetransmitter pocket.

5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ENGINE START/STOP button for approximately12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the vehicle key backinto the transmitter.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eight

transmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be with you.

1. Remove the vehicle key fromthe transmitter.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 37. Insertthe vehicle key into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle, then turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 3 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

5. Place the new transmitter inthe transmitter pocket. Thecenter console storage area



will need to be opened and therubber mat needs to beremoved to access thetransmitter pocket.

6. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ENGINE START/STOP button for approximately12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Return the vehicle key backinto the transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE whenstarting the vehicle. See Key andLock Messages 0 143.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area and remove therubber mat.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brakepedal and the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.



1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the front and backhousing, then snap thetransmitter together.

Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

If equipped, the heated andventilated front seats may alsocome on when the vehiclepersonalization setting is enabled.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 61.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.



If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.This confirms the request toremote start the vehicle hasbeen received.

During the remote start, thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal andselect the ON/RUN/STARTignition mode to drive thevehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested, 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.



. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

Keyless Access

Use the Keyless Access system tolock and unlock the door. When thedoors are locked and the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle, press the lock/unlockbutton. When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.



Driver Door Key Cylinder Access

To access the key cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and pry outward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to theopen position.

2. Insert the two tabs (7) at theback of the cap (8) betweenthe seal (5) and the metalbase (6).

3. Move the cap forward andpress to snap the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



Inside the Vehicle

On the rear doors, push down onthe door lock knob to lock the doormanually. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock the door and againto open the door.

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doorsautomatically. See Power DoorLocks 0 39.

Power Door Locks

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedoors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 152.



Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and thepower door lock switch is pressedwith the driver door open, all thedoors will lock and only the driverdoor will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature

can be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Safety Locks

The rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power windows arealso disabled. See Power Windows0 47.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.



Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 209.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

The trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the license platewhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.



Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down.

Rear Seat Pass-Through

Use the rear seat pass-through doorwhen transporting long items.

To open, pull down the rear seatarmrest. Pull the lever all the waydown to release the door.

To close, push it up and back intoplace. Try to open the door withoutpulling up on the lever to make sureit is locked into place.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.



. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 149.

Power Sounder and InclinationSensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have a powersounder and inclination sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm if the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 374.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbutton startis activated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.



When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKEtransmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console. SeeKey and Lock Messages 0 143.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See yourdealer.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

Caution

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (L) or (R) to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.

3. Adjust each mirror so that alittle of the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

Memory Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See Memory Seats0 59.

Automatic Dimming

If equipped, the driver side mirrorautomatically dims to reduce theglare of the vehicle headlamps frombehind. This feature comes on whenthe vehicle is started.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated Mirrors= (Rear Window Defogger) :If equipped, press to heat themirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsThe passenger and/or driver mirrortilt to a preselected position whenthe vehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisfeature allows the driver to view thecurb when parallel parking. Themirror returns to the original positionwhen the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the ignition is turnedoff, or if the vehicle is driven inreverse above a predeterminedspeed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a

pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 28.



The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)allows the use of the powerwindows after the ignition has beenturned off. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The express feature allows thewindows to be raised and loweredall the way without holding theswitch.

Press or pull the switch fully andrelease it to activate the expressfeature.

Cancel the express mode by brieflypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation after theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

{ Warning

If express override is activated,the window will not reverseautomatically. You or others couldbe injured and the window couldbe damaged. Before you useexpress override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

To override the anti-pinch feature,hold the window switch all the wayup to the second position. Thewindow will rise for as long as theswitch is held. Once the switch isreleased, the express mode isreactivated.

In this mode, the window can closeon an object in its path. Use carewhen using the override mode.



Programming the PowerWindows

If the vehicle battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the front power windowswill need to be reprogrammed forthe express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program:

1. With the ignition in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power(RAP) is active, close all doors.

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switchup until the window is fullyclosed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Comfort Open

To open the windows remotely,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter until the windowsfully open.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearwindows from operating except fromthe driver position.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power door locks arealso disabled. See Safety Locks0 40.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.



Rear Window Sunshade

If equipped with a rear windowsunshade, the switch is on theoverhead console. The sunshadeonly operates with the ignition inON/RUN/START.

To open the sunshade, press andrelease the switch. The sunshadewill fully extend. To close thesunshade, press and release theswitch again. The sunshade will fullyclose.

When shifting the vehicle intoR (Reverse), the sunshade willautomatically retract if it is

extended. It will re-extend after ashort delay when shifting into D(Drive).

Rear Passenger Door Sunshades

If equipped, use the handle to pullthe sunshade up and attach to theholder at the top of the window.There is also a small shade for therear corner of the window.

To close the sunshade, use thehandle to unhook and hold it while itretracts down.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206.

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent : Press and release the frontof the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automatically



open approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press the rear of the switch (1) toclose the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close :Press the front of the switch (1)again to express open the sunroof.Press the rear of the switch (1) toexpress close the sunroof. To stopthe sunroof partway, press theswitch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press thefront or rear of the switch (2) toexpress open or express close thesunshade. To stop the sunshadepartway, press the switch (2) asecond time.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof/sunshade when it is closing,the anti-pinch feature will detect theobject and stop the sunroof/sunshade from closing at the pointof the obstruction. The sunroof/sunshade will then return to thefull-open position. To close thesunroof/sunshade, see “ExpressOpen/Express Close.”

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


52 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 55Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 58Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 65

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 74When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Passenger Sensing System . . . 78Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 83

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 84Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Infants and Young Children . . . . 86Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 89Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 90

Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 91

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Securing Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100


Seats and Restraints 53

Head RestraintsIf equipped with base seats, thevehicle’s front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the vehicle’s front seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

If equipped with base seats, adjustthe head restraint so that the top ofthe restraint is at the same height asthe top of the occupant's head. Thisposition reduces the chance of aneck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

If equipped, the vehicle's front seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.



To adjust the head restraint forwardand rearward, press the buttonlocated on the side facing of thehead restraint and move it forwardor rearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment


To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 58.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 57.

Some vehicles are equipped with aSafety Alert Seat. This featureactivates a vibrating pulse alert inthe driver seat to help the driveravoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems 0 235.

V–Series Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.


1. Feature Select2. Up3. Rearward4. Down5. Forward

. Move Feature Select (1) todisplay seat adjustments on thecenter stack. Press and releaseor hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.



. Press Rearward (3) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to makedownward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Forward (5) to makeforward adjustments of theselected feature.

4–Way Lumbar Support

To adjust lumbar support for a baseseat, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.

To adjust lumbar support for highperformance seats, if equipped:


. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tolumbar support on the centerstack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust lumbarforward or rearward.

. Press Up (2) or Down (4) toadjust lumbar support upor down.

Cushion Bolster Support

To adjust cushion bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tobolster support on the centerstack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust bolstersupport inward or outward.

Back Bolster Support

To adjust back bolster support,if equipped:



. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll toupper back support on thecenter stack.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust backsupport forward or rearward.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe lumbar support, press and holdthe control forward or rearward orup and down.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe seatback bolster support, pressand hold the recliner control upand down.



Thigh SupportAdjustment

If equipped, pull up on the lever.Then pull or push on the support tolengthen or shorten. Release thelever to lock in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

Base Seat Shown




High Performance Seat Shown




See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.



{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, power tilt and telescopingsteering column (if equipped).

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped) to the desiredpositions.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using 2.

Repeat Steps 1–4 usingB to storeyour positions for getting out of thevehicle.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing1, 2, orB before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions

If programmed in the vehiclepersonalization Menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from off to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

The transmission must be inP (Park).

See Vehicle Personalization 0 152.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, driver seat, outsidemirror, or power tilt and telescopingsteering column controls.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then change the storedposition or switch RKE transmitterswith the other driver.

If the vehicle’s driver has changed,in some vehicles the Driver ID maybe displayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the Easy Exitfeature recalls the previously storedB (Exit) positions when leaving thevehicle. See “Storing MemoryPositions” listed previously. Seealso Vehicle Personalization 0 152.

Easy Exit Recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button, then try recallingagain by opening the driver doorand pressing K on the RKEtransmitter..

. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exitfeature not recalling fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.



Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. When a heated

seat is turned on, the symbol turnsred. When a ventilated seat isturned on, the symbol turns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.If the passenger seat is unoccupied,



the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat. The autoheated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 152.

Remote Start Auto Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 35 andVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Rear Seats

Split fold seats are equipped with alocking latch.

Lock and unlock the seatback usingthe vehicle key in the cylinder.

The latch will not open when theseatback is locked.



Folding the Seatback

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

If equipped, either side of theseatback can be folded for morecargo space. Fold a seatback onlywhen the vehicle is not moving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Disconnect the rear safety beltmini-latch using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle, and letthe belt retract.

2. Unlock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

Pull the lever on top of theseatback toward you to releasethe seatback.

A red tab near the seatbacklever raises when the seatbackis released.

3. Fold the seatback forward.

Repeat Steps 2–3 to fold theother seatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up. Make surethe center safety belt and latchdo not get trapped behind theseat. Push the seatbackrearward to secure it in place.

A red tab near the seatbacklever retracts when theseatback is in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is inposition.

3. Lock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

4. Reconnect the center safetybelt mini-latch to themini-buckle. Do not let the belttwist.

5. Pull on the center safety belt tomake sure the mini-latch issecure.

6. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 61.

If equipped, the buttons are on therear of the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press M or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heated



seats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

The vehicle has a rear seatpass-through door in the center ofthe rear seatback. Fold down thecenter armrest and pull the latch toopen the door.

The pass-through door can belocked or unlocked using the knobon the back of the door. Open thetrunk to access the lock. Turn theknob toward Q to lock the door or

away from Q to unlock the door.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 123.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 85 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 86. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable safetybelt and the safety belt is notattached, see Rear Seats 0 62 forinstructions on reconnecting thesafety belt to the mini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.



2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 71.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Improper

shoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 66.

Press the release button and movethe height adjuster to the desiredposition. The adjuster can be movedup by pushing the slide/trim up.After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.



Automatic Safety BeltTightening System

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSafety Belt Tightening System.

Each time the vehicle is started withthe front safety belts buckled, thesystem activates once to tighten thesafety belts when the forwardvehicle speed exceeds thethreshold for activation.

The system also activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releaseswhen driving conditions return tonormal.

The system turns off wheneverCompetitive Driving Mode isactivated, and will turn back onwhen Competitive Driving Mode isdeactivated. See CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 216.If there is a problem with the

Automatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeSafety Belt Messages 0 149. Othersafety belt functions are not affectedby the Automatic Safety BeltTightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 72.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 123.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 71.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.



Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 123.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.



All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 75.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 85 orInfants and Young Children 0 86.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 123 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

The second row seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe rear seatback closest tothe door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 72.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to



predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

The vehicle also has a seat positionsensor that enables the sensingsystem to monitor the position of thefront outboard passenger seat. Thepassenger seat position sensor andthe passenger safety belt buckleprovide information that is used todetermine if the passenger kneeairbag should inflate.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbags

are not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.



What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 74.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 75.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components of

the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 74.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh air

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

by opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,and turn off the interior lamps, andturn off the hazard warning flashersby using the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will include

airbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 375and Event Data Recorders0 375.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.



United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF or thesymbol for on and off will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron and off will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 124.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboard

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as far

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind you

that the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 124.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 123 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) 0 97 orSecuring Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 100.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 53.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild's size. It is better tosecure a child restraint in arear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the system

to detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers. Also, removelaptops, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.



{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 123 for importantsafety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.



{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 373.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, the airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, any of the airbag

modules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properly



turning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 78.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 317 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 366.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 123.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 74. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resulting

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

in serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 123.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if available.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 67. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 67.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.



In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety



restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, the

restraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 91. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 78 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the

child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCH



attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure the

child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 97 or SecuringChild Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 100.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use with orwithout the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor) : Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.



The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

The top tether anchors are behindthe rear seat, on the filler panel.Open the covers to access theanchors. Be sure to use an anchoron the same side of the vehicle asthe seating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 90 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 90.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the child



restraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the top tetheranchor cover to exposethe anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, raise the headrest



or head restraint and routethe tether under theheadrest or head restraintand in between theheadrest or head restraintposts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint and routethe tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraint

at the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 90.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 78 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 124.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 78 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 91 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat rearward as farback as it will go and raise theseat upward as far up as it willgo, before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 124.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.



Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.


5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 78.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 91 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint is securedin the vehicle using a safety beltand it uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 91 for top tetheranchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 90.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.



Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt, if needed.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.


4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 91 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.


Storage 103

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 103Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 103Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Center Console Storage . . . . . . 104

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel until the doorautomatically starts to open. The

storage area may contain a USBport, SD card reader, and auxiliaryjack. See the infotainment manual.

Keep the storage area door closedwhile driving.

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system again until the doorautomatically starts to close.

Glove Box

To open, press the button. Close theglove box manually.


104 Storage

Cupholders

Cupholders in the front centerconsole have a power retractablecover. Push the handle forward toexpress open. Pull the handlerearward to express close.

The power cover will operate whenthe vehicle door is opened and inACC, RUN, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) mode. The cover canbe opened or closed manually bypushing or pulling the handle. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 206.

Power Retractable CoverAnti-Pinch Feature

If any object is in the path of thepower cover when it is active, thecover will stop at the obstructionand auto-reverse to a presetposition. The cover will return tonormal operation after theobstruction is removed.

Armrest Storage

Pull the armrest down to access therear seat storage area andcupholders.

Press the latch to open thestorage area.

Center Console Storage

Press the button to access thestorage area in front of the armrestcover.

Press the button on the driver sideof the cover to access the storagearea under the armrest. There aretwo USB ports, an SD card reader,a power outlet, and an input jackinside.


Storage 105

If equipped, press the top of thedoor to open the storage area onthe rear of the center console.If equipped, there is a power outletinside.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads inside the trunk.

Convenience NetIf equipped, the convenience net isin the rear. Put small loads behindthe net. It can also be positionedinto an envelope style to holdsmaller items. The net is not forheavier loads. Store items as farforward as you can.


106 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 107Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 108Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 108Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 108Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Boost Gauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . 120

Engine Oil Temperature Gauge(PerformanceConfiguration Only) . . . . . . . . . 121

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 123Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 123Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 125Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 125

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . 127Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 129Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 129Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 131Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 131

Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 133Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 136

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Brake System Messages . . . . . 140Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 141Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 141Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 142Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 142Engine Power Messages . . . . . 143Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 143Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 143Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144


Instruments and Controls 107

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Airbag System Messages . . . . 149Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 149Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 149Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 150Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Transmission Messages . . . . . . 151Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 151Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 151

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 152

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 159Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down totilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 59.



Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel, IfEquipped) : Press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

If the windshield wipers are in usefor about six seconds while driving,the exterior lamps come onautomatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. See“Wiper-Activated Headlamps” laterin this section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 288.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 291.



Wiper Parking

When using intermittent orRainsense™ wipes, the wiperspause briefly on the windshield.If the wiper lever is moved to OFFor if Rainsense and additional wipesare not required, the wipers maymove to the base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsensewipes, the wipers continue to rununtil they reach the base of thewindshield.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense, asensor near the top center of thewindshield detects the amount ofwater on the windshield andcontrols the frequency of the

windshield wiper. To turn this featureon or off, see “Rain Sense Wipers”under Vehicle Personalization0 152.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl) : When enabled, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band on the wiper leverto adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

If equipped with wiper arm assemblyprotection, when using an automaticcar wash, move the windshieldwiper lever to OFF. This disablesthe automatic Rainsense windshieldwipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

nL(Windshield Washer) : Pull thewindshield wiper lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers. The wipers willcontinue until the lever is releasedor the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 283for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.



{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Wiper-Activated Headlamps

This feature activates theheadlamps and parking lamps afterthe windshield wipers have been inuse for about six seconds. For thisfeature to work, the exterior lampcontrol must be in AUTO.

The wiper-activated headlampsimmediately turn off when theignition is turned to LOCK/OFF,or the windshield wiper control isturned off.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global Positioning

System (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages 0 141 for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS screen button,then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch +or − to increase or decreasehours or minutes, and changeAM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date and touch + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.




Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayedon the clock may not updateimmediately when driving into a newtime zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Clock Display, thenselect Off or On.


Power OutletsPower Outlets 12 Volt DirectCurrent

Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets:

. Inside the center consolestorage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the storage area underthe armrest cover.

. On the rear of the centerconsole, if equipped.

These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload a vehicle circuit breaker oradapter fuse. If overloaded, thecircuit breaker will reset after alldevices are disconnected or ifRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isturned off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 206. Wait one minute to allow thecircuit breaker to reset beforereconnecting devices or turningRAP back on. If the problemcontinues, the issue could be withinyour device. Try another knowngood device to make sure the circuitbreaker is operating properly. If thisdoes not resolve your problem, seeyour dealer.

It is possible to replace the factorypower outlet with a cigar lighterreceptacle, if desired. This requiresthe factory installed circuit breakerto be replaced with a standardminifuse by the dealer. A minifusewill not reset and will have to bereplace if blown.



Caution

Failure to replace the circuitbreaker with the minifuse couldoverheat the cigar lighter anddamage the vehicle.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 259.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet isinside the center console. It can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN, equipment requiring lessthan 150 watts is plugged into theoutlet, and no system fault isdetected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 206. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly, if this equipment isplugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supplysuch as:



microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage behind theclimate control system. SeeInstrument Panel Storage 0 103.The system wirelessly charges onePMA or Qi compatible mobiledevice. To check for phone or otherdevice compatibility, seewww.gmtotalconnect.com.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN/START, ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power

(RAP). The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 206.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour mobile device. Metal objects,such as coins, keys, rings,or paper clips, between the phoneand charging pad will becomevery hot. On the rare occasionthat the charging system does notdetect a metal object, and theobject gets wedged between thephone and charger, remove thephone and allow the metallicobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Open the climate controlsystem panel.



2. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

3. Place the mobile device faceup on the@ symbol on thecharging pad.

4. The~ will display on theVon the infotainment screen.This indicates that the mobiledevice is properly positionedand charging. If a phone isplaced on the charging padand~ does not display,remove the phone from thepad, and wait three secondsbefore placing/aligning thephone on the pad again.

Keep the storage door closed whiledriving.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Base Cluster with Auto Stop Shown, Metric Similar



English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The uplevel cluster display layoutcan be changed.

Balanced Configuration

The Balanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones: onein the center of each of the gauges.

Enhanced Configuration

The Enhanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones.

Performance Configuration (CTS-VSeries and V Sport Only)

The Performance configuration hastwo interactive display zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Find the Options page in one ofthe interactive display zones onthe cluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theOptions menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayLayout. Then press SEL toselect it.

4. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

5. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing S.



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster can display informationregarding Navigation, Audio, andPhone. On the base cluster, aspeedometer can also be displayedin the center zone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music, select fromfavorites, or change the audiosource

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,

or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Cluster Options Menu

To enter the cluster Options menu:

1. Use the five-way control on theright side of the steering wheelto find the Options page in oneof the interactive display zoneson the cluster.

2. Press SEL on the center of thefive-way control to enter theOptions menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134.

Fav Button Options : Press SELwhile Fav Button Options ishighlighted to select between FAV

Primary and SEEK Primary. Thisselection allows for configuration oftheC andB steering wheelcontrols. When FAV Primary isselected, pressingC andB will goto the next or previous favorite andpressing and holdingC andB willseek. When SEEK Primary isselected, pressingC andB will

seek and pressing and holding CandB will go to the next orprevious favorite.

Display Layout : Press SEL whileDisplay Layout is highlighted tochange the configuration of theuplevel cluster. See “ReconfigurableInstrument Cluster” earlier in thissection.

Open Source Software : PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

On the Base cluster, if the vehiclehas the Stop/Start system, when theignition is in ON/RUN, the

tachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during auto stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Base Level



Uplevel Balanced ConfigurationShown

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Boost Gauge(PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric



English

This gauge indicates boost underheavier throttle.

It displays the air pressure level inthe intake manifold before it entersthe engine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centeredat zero every time the engine isstarted. Actual boost is displayedfrom this zero point. Changes inambient pressure, such as driving inmountains and changing weather,will slightly change the zero reading.

Engine Oil TemperatureGauge (PerformanceConfiguration Only)

Metric

English

This gauge shows the engine oiltemperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into thehigh end, it means that the engineoil has overheated. If the vehiclehas been operated under normaldriving conditions, pull off the road,stop the vehicle, and turn off theengine as soon as possible.

See Engine Oil 0 271.



Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Base Level

English Base Level

Metric Uplevel BalancedConfiguration Shown

English Uplevel BalancedConfiguration Shown

This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the red area, the engineis too hot. Pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible.



Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 78.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,

grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 72.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.



{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages0 149.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 78 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is in theoverhead console.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 123 for more information,including important safetyinformation.



Charging System Light

On some vehicles the chargingsystem light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, but theengine is not running, as a check toshow the light is working. It shouldgo out when the engine is started.For vehicles with a reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the ignition is turned on.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 140.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 202.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 261.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow the

previous guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 252.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require at

least one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 250.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 259. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.



The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remaining

circuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Parking Brake Light

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 140.



If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the serviceelectric parking brake light shouldcome on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. If it does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem. Forvehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 214. If a message

displays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), see Brake SystemMessages 0 140.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 127 and Brake System Messages0 140.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

For some vehicles, this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.



For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 242.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak systemsand the warning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the system

is working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 281.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 281.



Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 150.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 308.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 311.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking. For vehicles with a



reconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Auto Stop Mode

This light comes on when theengine is in an Auto Stop.

See Starting the Engine 0 204.

Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 44.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 165.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.



This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with the AFLsystem. It flashes when the systemis switching between lightingmodes. See Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) 0 167.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 163.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 224.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 227.

Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed. See Door Ajar Messages0 142 for more information.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in theleft and right interactive displayzones on the instrument cluster. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select) : Press to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The information displays on the DICcan be turned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theOptions page in the centerdisplay zone on the cluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 and Trip 2 (Base Cluster) /Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy (Uplevel Cluster) :Shows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

The average fuel economy showsthe approximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, and



will change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset along withthe trip odometer by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy (BaseCluster) : Shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel

Economy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Shows the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display is

active and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass (Base Cluster) : Showsthe direction the vehicle is driving.

Turn Arrow : Shows the nextmaneuver when using routeguidance.

Estimated Time to Arrival : Showsthe estimated time until arrival atyour destination.

Distance to Destination : Showsthe distance to the destination whenusing route guidance.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit on vehicles with thenavigation system. The informationfor this page comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SEL when SpeedWarning is displayed. Pressy orz to adjust the value. This featurecan be turned off by pressing andholding SEL while viewing this



page. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Best Fuel Economy : Displaysaverage fuel economy, the best fueleconomy over the selecteddistance, and a bar graph showinginstantaneous fuel economy.

Driver Assistance (UplevelCluster) : Shows information forLane Keeping Assist (LKA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), and ForwardCollision Alert (FCA).

Performance Timer (CTS-VOnly) : Shows the last performancetime recorded. Press and hold SELwhile viewing the performance timerto reset and stop the timer. PressSEL to enter the performance timermenu. In the menu, set the startspeed, set the end speed, and resetthe timer.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows thespeed the cruise control or AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) isset to.

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Engine Boost : Shows the currentamount of boost being added.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 142.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 271.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 347.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,

press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 273.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 310 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 311.

Vehicle Odometer (BaseCluster) : Shows the odometer.

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the DIC displayzone(s).

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to see

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

things you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield. The image isprojected through the HUD lens ontop of the instrument panel. Theinformation appears as an imagefocused out toward the front of thevehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometer

reading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 152 and “ClusterSettings Menu” under InstrumentCluster 0 115.

HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Tachometer

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may becleared by using the steering wheelcontrols. See Vehicle Messages0 140.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:



1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

Use the following settings to adjustthe HUD.

$ (Image Adjustment) : Pressdown or lift up to center the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! (Display View) : Press toselect the display view. Each presswill change the display view.

D (Image Brightness) : Lift upand hold to brighten the display.Press down and hold to dim thedisplay. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts may bedisplayed in any view.

Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, AdaptiveCruise Control speed, LaneDeparture Warning, and VehicleAhead indicator. Some information

only appears on vehicles that havethese features, and when they areactive.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displaysthe speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radiostation, media type, and incomingcalls will be displayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearingin the instrument cluster.



Incoming phone calls appearing inthe instrument cluster, may alsodisplay in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displayincludes the information in thespeed view along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles. When navigation routing isnot active “No Route Active” isdisplayed.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Performance View : This displaysthe speedometer reading, rpmreading, transmission positions, andgear shift indicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see WindshieldReplacement 0 289.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 285.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message displays when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 284.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays if the ElectricParking Brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. Release itbefore attempting to drive. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 214.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message displays when thereis a problem with the brake boostsystem. When this messagedisplays, the brake pedal may be



harder to push and the stoppingdistance may be longer. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the parking brake.See your dealer for service.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message displays whenattempting to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 214.

Compass MessagesThe compass display will be blank ifthe vehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 227.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 336.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 224.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 227.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.



Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF ENGINECOOLANT HOT

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds when the engine coolanttemperature is too hot. The enginecoolant temperature warning lightwill also be on. Stop and allow thevehicle to idle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.The engine coolant temperaturewarning light will flash. Stop andturn off the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so to avoid severedamage. This message clears whenthe engine has cooled to a safeoperating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 273, DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134,Engine Oil 0 271, and MaintenanceSchedule 0 347.



ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 271.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowed



without the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays when theAFL system is disabled and needsservice. See your dealer. SeeAdaptive Forward Lighting (AFL)0 167.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned on or off. SeeAutomatic Headlamp System 0 166.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement 0 290 andReplacement Bulbs 0 291.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay not work or may not work aswell. The vehicle does not needservice.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been turned off. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 244.



AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been set to the Alertsetting. This setting disables mostFAB functions. Some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided with the Alert setting, butbraking is less likely to occur. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 244.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been unavailable forsome time. The FAB System doesnot need service. This message candisplay under the followingconditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 336.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 216.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)and the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system will not operate.Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), andthe Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System may not work or may notwork as well.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theLane Keep Assist (LKA) and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system istemporarily unavailable. The LKAsystem does not need service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.



REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parkingand backing features of the DriverAssistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 336.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

See Driver Assistance Systems0 235.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System, Assistance Systems forParking or Backing, and/or the LaneKeep Assist (LKA) system may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, take the vehicleto your dealer for service. Do notuse the Lane Keep Assist (LKA),Lane Departure Warning (LDW),and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)features.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKEAND PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System. Do not use thissystem to help park or back thevehicle. See your dealer for service.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work. Take thevehicle to your dealer.



SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 336.

TAKE STEERING

If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 248.

Ride Control SystemMessages

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF

If the vehicle has theAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD) system, thismessage displays when there is atemporary condition making theAWD system unavailable. Thevehicle will run in 2WD. This couldbe caused by:

. Loss of wheel or vehicle speed

. AWD system overheat

. Certain vehicle electricalconditions

This message turns off when theabove conditions are no longerpresent and the warning message isreset.

See All-Wheel Drive 0 213.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 -WET (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode is

selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon wet race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2 -DRY (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon dry race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.



PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3 -SPORT 1 (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon dry race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 -SPORT 2 (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl is available but intended for

use on dry race track conditions.The Active Handling System isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1–3.Adjust your driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 -RACE (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Active Handling System isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1–4.Adjust your driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management

(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly) 0 221.

REAR AXLE OFF

When this message is displayed,the vehicle’s handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemaneuvers. StabiliTrak will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 216.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays if a problemoccurs with the All-Wheel-Drive(AWD) system. The vehicle will runin 2WD. This could be caused by:

. An electronics problem

. Worn out or overheated clutchplates

. Various electrical issues

The system may need service. Seeyour dealer.

SERVICE REAR AXLE

If there is a problem detected withthe Electronic Limited-Slip RearAxle, this message displays. Whendisplayed, the system is not



operational and driving should beadjusted accordingly. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle’s handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemaneuvers. StabiliTrak will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 216.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 216.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the Magnetic RideControl system. See Driver ModeControl 0 218. Have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 216.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 216.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 216.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Safety Belt Messages

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped, becomesunavailable. This could be causedby a temporary condition. If themessage continues to display, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATICSEATBELT TIGHTENINGSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.



Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the steering columnlock. Take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

TURN STEERING WHEELSTART VEHICLE AGAIN

This message may display whenyou try to start the vehicle, but thecolumn remains locked. Try turningthe steering wheel while starting thevehicle to unlock the steeringcolumn. If the vehicle still does notstart, turn the steering wheel theother way, and try starting thevehicle again.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 311.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 311.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 131.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding air



until the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 300, Vehicle Load Limits 0 198,and Tire Pressure 0 308.

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC) andattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions perminute (rpm). See Manual Mode0 212.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC)0 134.

VEHICLE SPEED LIMITED

This message is displayed undercertain conditions when there is aproblem and the vehicle’s speed isbeing limited.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264 forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 283.



VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalization menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the Homepage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press the [ Back screenbutton to return to theprevious menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Driving Mode

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 110.

Driving Mode

Press and the following maydisplay:

. Engine Sound Management

. Steering

. Suspension

Engine Sound Management

This allows the Engine SoundManagement setting to be changed.

Select Auto (Mode Selector),Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.

Steering

This allows the Steering setting tobe changed.

Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,Sport, or Track.

Suspension

This allows the Suspension settingto be changed.

Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,Sport, or Track.



Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio menuand the following may display:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Auto Volume

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Startup Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the vehicle speed.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems



. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center stack. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this feature willautomatically turn on the rear defog.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay display:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding:

. Forward Collision

. Lane Keep Assist

. Adaptive Cruise Control

. Parking Assist

. Backing Warning

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andFront Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but some last-secondautomatic braking capability is still



provided, though less likely to occur.See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 244.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminderfrom Adaptive Cruise Control whenit has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 227.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

The LCA system is a lane-changingaid that assists drivers with avoidinglane change crashes. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 246.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 235.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Rain Sense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 59.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedB (Exit) button position whenexiting the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 59.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Rain Sense Wipers

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly when



K on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the ventilatedseats when using remote start onwarm days. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Select Off or On.



Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 35.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to beopened when pressing K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.



Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 235.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.



Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 374.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These

instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.



Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press may

be required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.



The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:



1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 163

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 163Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 167Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Battery Load Management . . . 170Battery Power Protection . . . . . 170Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off) : Turns off the exteriorlamps. The knob returns to theAUTO position after it is released.Turn to O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO (Automatic) : Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.


164 Lighting

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.

2 (Headlamps) : Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the turn signal lever in theneutral position, turn the exteriorlamp control to AUTO. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield, whichautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The turn signal lever is movedforward to the high-beamposition or the Flash-to-Passfeature is used. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer 0 165and Flash-to-Pass 0 165.

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the High/Low-BeamChanger or the Flash-to-Passfeature. If this happens, theHigh/Low-Beam Changer mustbe activated two times withintwo seconds to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate IntelliBeam isreactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect other vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:


Lighting 165

. The other vehicle's lamp(s) aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamp(s) arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamp(s)cannot be detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. Your vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. Your vehicle's windshield iscovered with ice, dirt, haze,or other obstructions.

. Your vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. You are driving on winding orhilly roads.

You may need to manually disableor cancel the high-beam headlampsby turning the low-beam headlampson, if any of the above conditionsexist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger) : Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThis feature allows the high-beamheadlamps to be used to signal thedriver in front of you that you wantto pass.

Pull and hold the turn signal levertoward you to use this feature.When this is done the following willoccur:

. If the headlamps are off or inlow-beam mode, the high-beamheadlamps will turn on. They willstay on as long as the lever isheld there. Release the lever toturn them off.

. If the headlamps are inhigh-beam mode, they will go tolow beam.


166 Lighting

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

The taillamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

If equipped, the light sensor is ontop of the instrument panel or on thewindshield near the rearview mirror.Do not cover the sensor, otherwisethe headlamps will come on whenthey are not needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system turns off theheadlamps. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 168.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off and theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL) willturn on.

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps


Lighting 167

come on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)On vehicles with the AFL system,the headlamps pivot horizontally toprovide greater road illuminationwhile turning. To enable AFL, setthe exterior lamp control on the turnsignal lever to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTOposition will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle; driving ashort distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 163.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) :Press and hold this button forone second to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Release the button for at leastone second and press again to turnthe flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.


168 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 292.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelIllumination) : Move thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displayswill automatically be adjusted.

Dome Lamps

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamp comes on whena door is opened.

ON : Turns the lamp on.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.


Lighting 169

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 168.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lights turn on briefly atnight when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.After about 30 seconds the exteriorlamps turn off, then the remaininginterior lights dim to off. Entrylighting can be disabled manually bychanging the ignition out of the OFFposition, or by pressing Q on theRKE transmitter.

This feature can be turned on or off.See “Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the key is removedfrom the ignition. The dome lampsalso come on when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior lamps and dome lamps


170 Lighting

remain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

For vehicles with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turnon when a door is opened after theignition is changed to the OFFposition. The dome lamps alsocome on after the ignition ischanged to the OFF position. SeeIgnition Positions 0 202.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM), whichestimates the battery's temperatureand state of charge. It then adjuststhe voltage for best performanceand extended life of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.

When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower that is needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,and loads plugged into accessorypower outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.

It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed. If a battery messageis displayed, it is recommended thatthe driver reduce the electrical loadsas much as possible. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.


Lighting 171

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START position.


172 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home screen.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglove box.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, into theglove box SD card reader.

Press the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:


Infotainment System 173

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is grayed out.

Press the Start Recording button tobegin recording. After recordingbegins, this button changes to StopRecording. Press to stop therecording session.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.

To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and pressz next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle’s laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.



To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, press Define Finish Line andthen press Mark Finish Line. Thiscan be done with the vehiclemoving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, pressRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.

Select the recording to startplayback.

Press z next to an item to deletethat recording, Press Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen. Press Dismiss to exit.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.

Delete Recording : Press to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Press Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Press to play orpause the video. The button willchange when pressed.

Back : Press to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Press to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Press the Choose Video Overlayscreen button to display the menuscreen.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.



Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic transmissionsdisplay PRDN. D can change toD1, D2, etc. When an automatictransmission is in manual shiftmode, the display will change toM1, M2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. GPS Tracking Map: Shows thevehicle’s current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, theorange backfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the center to the left or rightdepending on the direction ofsteering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: Thegraphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.



. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 mi), and 0–200–0 km/h (0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.

. Throttle Position: Displaysthe percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: Thegraphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Press the Settings button from thePDR menu to display settings.



Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of the driver and thevehicle performance on a personalcomputer after a recorded event.See www.Cadillac.com to downloadthe software.


178 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost



Climate Controls 179

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by pressingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate are

adjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Climate Control Function WithStop/Start (If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. The climate controlsystem will balance stop/startefficiency with air conditioningcomfort and defog operation.Certain climate control settings canresult in fewer autostops.

The following are climate controlsettings that result in fewerautostops:

. The defrost mode.

. High fan speed settings.

. Extreme temperature settings.

For maximum air conditioningcomfort, use the stop/start disableswitch. See “Auto Engine Stop/Start” under Starting the Engine0 204.



Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation

light will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Settings Menu”under Instrument Cluster 0 115.

OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w /x (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls) : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature) : Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature control

to change the linked temperature.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Rear (If Equipped) : Press thisbutton on the front climate controltouch screen to open the rearclimate control screen. The rearclimate control settings can now beadjusted from the frontpassenger area.

Manual Operation

z9y(Fan Control) : Press thefan control buttons or the touchscreen fan control, to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Press andhold the buttons or the touch screencontrol to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.



Air Delivery Mode Control : Whenthe climate information is displayed,press the desired air delivery modeon the touch screen to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level) : Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog) : Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost) : Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield. Press the0 button to

turn on or off. Changing the airdelivery mode also turns thedefrost off.

A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press theAC Mode touch screen control toturn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off, theair conditioner will not run. Outsidetemperatures below freezing mayalso prevent the air conditioner fromrunning.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.When using automatic airrecirculation, the air quality controlsystem may operate. To adjust thesensitivity of the air quality sensor,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

@ (Recirculation) : Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or reducethe outside air and odors that mightenter.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off or



on, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 152.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below.

The upper gridlines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and arenot intended to heat when thedefogger is activated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

The vehicle also has auto heatedseats that turn on when the vehicleis on. The seats will activate at thelevel required by the vehicle’sinterior temperature. To turn off,press J or z. The auto heated

seats can be turned on or off. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 152 andHeated and Ventilated Seats 0 14.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver’s previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.If equipped with heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 35 and Heated andVentilated Seats 0 14.



Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air Quality Sensor

If equipped with an air qualitysensor, the climate control systemadjusts to limit some exhaust fumesfrom being pulled inside the vehicle.

Press the AUTO button on theclimate control to activate the airquality sensor. Recirculation isautomatically selected when poorquality air is detected. The airquality sensor will not maintainrecirculation for an extended periodto prevent the air inside the vehiclefrom becoming too dry or stuffy.

Under certain conditions, the airquality sensor will not activate, suchas during cold weather or withextreme odors. Press@ toactivate recirculation.

The air quality sensor system doesnot protect against carbon monoxide(CO), which you cannot see orsmell. See Engine Exhaust 0 209.The air quality sensor operation canbe adjusted, See “Climate and AirQuality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 152.

Rear Climate ControlSystemIf equipped, the rear climate controlsystem is on the rear of the centerconsole. The settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrol buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Heated Rear Seats (IfEquipped)


3. Temperature Control

4. O (On/Off)



5. MODE (Air Delivery ModeControl)

Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

4. REAR O (On/Off)

5. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

6. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

7. Rear Control Lockout


Rear : Press this button on the frontclimate control touch screen to openthe rear climate control screen. Therear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O (On/Off) : Press the O button orREAR O on the touch screen to turnthe rear climate control on or off.If the rear climate control is turnedoff using REAR O on the touchscreen, the rear climate controlbuttons must be pressed twice toturn the system back on. Press Oon the rear climate control faceplateand within five seconds press theMODE or temperature buttons onthe faceplate.

SYNC : Press SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.The SYNC button will be lit. Pressthe TEMP, MODE, or AUTO button

twice to unlink the set driver andrear temperatures. The SYNCbutton turns off.

Rear Control Lockout : Press tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked, therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.The air delivery is controlledautomatically. The AUTO indicatorappears on the display. If the MODEsetting is manually adjusted, thiscancels full automatic operation.

Manual Operation

SA T(Fan Control) : Press orpress and hold the front climatecontrol buttons or touch screen toincrease or decrease the rearclimate airflow.

+/− (Temperature Control) : Pressor press and hold the reartemperature control buttons or touchscreen to adjust the rear passengertemperature. Press + for warmer airand press − for cooler air.



Y/[/\ (Air Delivery ModeControl) : Press the desired modebutton on the touch screen or theMODE button on the rear faceplateto change the direction of the airflowin the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, IfEquipped) : Press M or L to heatthe left or right outboard seatcushion and seatback. See HeatedRear Seats 0 64.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

1. Thumbwheel2. Slider Knob

Use the thumbwheels (1) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.

Move the slider knobs (2) to changethe direction of the airflow.

Additional air vents are beneath thewindshield and the driver andpassenger side door windows.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.



. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 347.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerants

directly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 187

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 189Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 195Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 196Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 198Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 202Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 204Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 207Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 209Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 210Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 214Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 218Competitive Driving Mode(V-Sport andV-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Limited-Slip Differential(Except V-Sport andV-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Limited-Slip Differential(V-Sport andV-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 227

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 235Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 246Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 248

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 252Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252


188 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Trailer Towing (With LGXEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Trailer Towing (With LTG, LF3,or LT4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



See the infotainment manual forinformation on that system or thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts0 65.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.



Steering

Variable Effort Steering

Some vehicles have a steeringsystem that varies the amount ofeffort required to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Vehicle Messages0 140.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery



The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingTrack events and competitivedriving may affect the vehiclewarranty. See the warranty manualbefore using the vehicle forcompetitive driving.

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 271.



Axle Fluid

Axles must have 885 km (500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The front, if equipped with AWD,and rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refillwith new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and thenafter every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356.

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high axle temperatures canoccur. Damage could be causedto the axle and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not drive as long or as fast thefirst time the vehicle is driven onthe track or raced.

Engine Oil

2.0L (LTG) Engine

This is not available with a trackpackage option and is notrecommended for track use.

3.6L Non-Turbo (LGX) Engine

. With Oil Cooler: Confirm the oillevel is at the upper mark thatshows the proper operatingrange on the engine oil dipstick.

. Without Oil Cooler: Do not usefor track events and competitivedriving.

3.6L Twin Turbo (LF3) Engine

This requires premium fuel, andcomes standard with a 7 qt sump,integrated oil cooler, and otherpowertrain and powertrain coolingcomponents in preparation fortrack use.

6.2L Supercharged (LT4) Engine

Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or5W-40 that meets the dexos2 ™specification. If this oil is notavailable, the following oils can beused as an alternative: Pennzoil

Ultra Platinum™ 0W-40, ValvolineSYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil 1ESP Formula M 5W-40. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 361.

This requires premium fuel, andcomes standard with a 10 qt sump,air/oil separator, integrated oilcooler, and other powertrain andpowertrain cooling components inpreparation for track use.

Check the oil level often during trackevents and competitive driving andkeep the oil level at or near theupper mark.

Brake Fluid

For track events and competitivedriving, it is recommended that thebrake fluid be replaced with a highperformance brake fluid that has adry boiling point greater than 279 °C(534 °F). After conversion to thehigh performance brake fluid, followthe brake fluid servicerecommendations outlined by thefluid manufacturer. Do not usesilicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.



Caution

Removing the splash shield candegrade wet brakingperformance, as well as introducebrake pedal pulsation, due tobrake disc exposure to roaddebris. Only remove the frontbrake disc splash shield and fronttire deflector when driving in trackevents.

Brake cooling can be improved ifthe front brake disc splash shieldand front tire deflector are removed.Removing the shield will require thatthe suspension bushings visible tothe brake disc be protected withinsulated thermal wrapping.

Brake Burnishing

To prepare the V-Sport and V-Seriesbrake systems for track events andracing, complete the appropriatehigh performance brake burnishingprocedure described below.

V-Sport and V-Series BrakeBurnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

These procedures are specific tothe V-Sport and V-Series brakepackage. This procedure shouldnot be run on other models asdamage may result.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishprocedure or damage may occurto the powertrain/engine. SeeNew Vehicle Break-In 0 202.

When performed as instructed, thisprocedure will not damage thebrakes. During the burnishingprocedure, the brake pads will

smoke and produce an odor. Thebraking force and pedal travel mayincrease. After the procedure iscomplete, the brake pads mayappear white at the rotor contact.

Run this procedure in a safemanner and in compliance with alllocal and state ordinances/lawsregarding motor vehicle operation.Run this procedure only on drypavement.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringthis track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)



between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenstops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

Brake Cooling

On V-Series, remove front tiredeflectors if equipped, before trackdriving for optimized brake cooling.

Wheel Alignment (V-Series Only)

Wheel alignment suggested specsfor track use:

. Front: -2.0 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

. Rear: -1.7 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

V-Series Vehicles EquippedWith the Original EquipmentTires

Follow the requirements andrecommendations for tire inflationpressures while driving on varioustypes of tracks. This helps toachieve a well-balanced vehicle andenhance tire traction performance.Use good judgment to determine theappropriate inflation pressure andspeeds for the track configurationand environmental conditions.Contact the tire manufacturer iffurther assistance is needed.

Inflation Pressure Guidelines

Tire pressures affect vehiclehandling and tire life, and should beadjusted for various types of trackcourses. Inspect the tires prior toevery track session. Track drivingwill reduce the tire tread life.

{ Warning

Operating the vehicle at highspeeds can be dangerous.Improper tire inflation pressurecan put additional strain on thetires and can cause a suddenfailure. Make sure the tires are inexcellent condition, and use thecorrect cold tire inflation pressurefor the vehicle load and track orcourse.

{ Warning

Track courses put high loads ontires operating at high speed,which can lead to tire failure if notinflated properly.



Tracks with Sustained High-SpeedOperation on Banked Turns

(e.g., Daytona InternationalSpeedway, Indianapolis MotorSpeedway, or similar)

Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to thedriver and one passenger, with noadditional cargo.

Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflatetires to no less than 300 kPa(44 psi) cold.

Tracks with Combined High-Speedand High-Load Corners

(e.g., Nurburgring Nordschliefe, SpaFrancorchamps, or similar)


Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflatetires to no less than 260 kPa(38 psi) cold and limit to 230 km/h(143 mph) until 290 kPa (42 psi) isreached.

Road/Street Courses

(e.g., Virginia InternationalRaceway, Road Atlanta, or similar)


Tire Pressure Recommendation:

Hot: Target hot tire pressures to270-280 kPa (39-41 psi). This is thestable tire pressure reached afterapproximately 15 minutes ofoperation at maximum driver effort.

Cold: This value will vary based ondriving style, track, temperature, andweather conditions.

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198 and Tire Pressure 0 308.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is



wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 300.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

loss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 ° C (32 ° F) when



freezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 216.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakesshould be applied sooner thanwhen on dry pavement. SeeAntilock Brake System (ABS)0 214.

See Driver Mode Control 0 218

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.

Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Service. See RoadsideService 0 367. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 209 in theindex.



To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 216.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directions

causes a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 333.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

maximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 300 and TirePressure 0 308.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing (With LGXEngine) 0 257 or Trailer Towing(With LTG, LF3, or LT4 Engine)0 258 for important informationon towing a trailer, towing safetyrules, and trailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first2 400 km (1,500 mi) of driving thisvehicle. Parts have a break-inperiod and performance will bebetter in the long run.

For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine in highgear at low speeds.

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities during thisbreak-in period.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2 400 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first300 km (200 mi). New tires donot have maximum traction andmay tend to slip.

. New brake linings also need abreak–in period. Avoid makinghard stops during the first300 km (200 mi). This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

Carbon FiberThis vehicle may be equipped withcarbon fiber parts. Dealer-installedaccessories may also containcarbon fiber.

{ Warning

The exposed edges of carbonfiber parts can be sharp whendamaged. You or others could beinjured. Use caution whenwashing the vehicle, coming incontact with damaged carbonfiber parts, or removing theseparts. See your dealer forreplacement.

Ignition Positions



The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN, and the brake pedal mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press theENGINE START/STOP button onceto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 206.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 151. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

The vehicle may have an electricsteering column lock. The lock isactivated when the vehicle isswitched to OFF and the driver dooris opened. A sound may be heardas the lock actuates or releases.The steering column lock may notrelease with the wheels turned offcenter. If this happens, the vehiclemay not start. Move the steeringwheel from left to right whileattempting to start the vehicle. If thisdoes not work, the vehicle needsservice.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition to OFF. On vehicleswith an automatic transmission,the shift lever must be inP (Park) to turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 214.



{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice infive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 204. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 259.



Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter mustbe in the vehicle. Press theENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the brake pedal applied.When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. See Keyand Lock Messages 0 143 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press the ENGINE START/STOP button. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, release the accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly butthen stops again, do the samething. This clears the extra

gasoline from the engine. Donot race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may causethe vehicle to move. You or othersmay be injured. Because thevehicle has the auto engine stop/start feature, the vehicle's enginemight seem to be shut off;however, once the brake pedal isreleased, the engine will start upagain.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, beforeexiting the vehicle.



If equipped with the 2.0L L4, or 3.6LV6 non-turbo engine, the vehiclehas a fuel saving stop/start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 119. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedalpushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.Typically below −10 °C (14 °F) orabove 50 °C (122 °F).

. The shift lever is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system ordefog settings. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 178.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled using theswitch to the left of the infotainment

display. The indicator on the switchwill illuminate when the system isoperational.

Whenh comes on green in theinstrument cluster, the system isactive. The system is not activewhen it comes on white with a slashthrough it.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the audio system will workup to 10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened. Power to thewindows or sunroof will work up to10 minutes or until any door isopened.



Engine Coolant HeaterVehicles with the engine coolantheater can use this option in coldweather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and betterfuel economy during enginewarm-up. Plug in the coolant heaterat least four hours before startingyour vehicle. An internal thermostatin the plug-end of the cord may existwhich will prevent engine coolantheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord isclipped to the diagonal braceon the passenger side of theengine compartment.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it



away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it could bedamaged.

Contact your dealer for informationon how long to use the heater inyour particular area.

Shifting Into ParkUse this procedure to shift intoP (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric Parking Brake0 214.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever andpushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter with you.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 208.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 254.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parking brakeset. After shifting into P (Park), try tomove the shift lever out without firstpushing the button on the shift lever.

If you can, the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into Park"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).



Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition isin ON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 331 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 214.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.

If unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the shift lever will not move fromP (Park), consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 208 andEngine Exhaust 0 209.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 254.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rearwheels. Use this position whenstarting the engine because thevehicle cannot move easily.



{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 208.If you are pulling a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 254.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. Fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition is in

ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then press theshift lever button and move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park 0 209.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

R : Use this gear to back up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 198.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is already

moving, use N (Neutral) only. Youcan also use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.



D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If you need more powerfor passing, and you are:

. Going less than 55 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 191.

M : This mode can be entered withthe shift lever in the D (Drive)position by pressing the M (ManualMode) button on the top of the shiftlever. M (Manual Mode) allows thedriver to select gears appropriate forcurrent driving conditions.M (Manual Mode) can be exited witha second press of the M (ManualMode) button. See Manual Mode0 212.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If you arestuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

While in Sport or Track Mode, thevehicle monitors driving behavior,and automatically enablesPerformance Shift Features whenspirited driving is detected. Thesefeatures maintain lowertransmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit these features andreturn to normal operation after ashort period when no spirited drivingis detected. See Driver ModeControl 0 218.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift havecontrols on the back of the steeringwheel to manually shift theautomatic transmission.



To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the shift lever in D (Drive),press the M (Manual Mode)button on the top of the shiftlever. While in Tap Shift Mode,the M of the PRNDM section ofthe instrument cluster willbecome highlighted, and thecurrent gear is indicated.

2. Tap the left control todownshift, and the right controlto upshift. To shift to the lowestavailable gear, press and holdthe left control.

3. To exit, press the M (ManualMode) button a second time.

With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode,the tap shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shifts havebeen done for seven to 10 seconds.The Temporary Tap Shift Mode canalso be deactivated by holding theright upshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehiclewill have firmer, quicker shifting. Youcan use this for sport driving orwhen climbing or descending hills,to stay in gear longer, or todownshift for more power or enginebraking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, a SHIFT DENIED messagewill be displayed in the instrumentcluster. See TransmissionMessages 0 151.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,it is suggested to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 128.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch for theEPB is on the instrument panel, tothe left of the steering wheel. TheEPB can always be activated, evenif the ignition is off. To preventdraining the battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when theengine is not running.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ParkingBrake Light 0 127 and ServiceElectric Parking Brake Light 0 128.There are also parking brake-relatedDriver Information Center (DIC)messages. See Brake SystemMessages 0 140. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See Parking BrakeLight 0 127.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch is

held up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switch



and holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 254.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driverin stopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. Thebrake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steerthe vehicle in the intended direction.



If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but It may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.


Drive the vehicle. if d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.



To turn off only TCS, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages 0 147.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whentheY button is pressed, thesystem will not turn off until thewheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold theY button until

the traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages 0 147.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release theYbutton. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 261.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist indifferent weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneouslychanges the software calibration ofvarious sub-systems. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selected, thesuspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics. If the vehicle isequipped with Magnetic RideControl, selecting the various DriverModes adjusts the ride of the

vehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

While in the Sport and/or TrackModes, the vehicle monitors drivingbehavior and automatically enablesPerformance Shift Features whenspirited driving is detected. Thesefeatures maintain lowertransmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit these features andreturn to normal operation after ashort period when no spirited drivingis detected.



Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has threeor four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, and Track. The Track Mode isfor V-Sport and V-Series modelsonly. Press« orz on the MODEswitch on the center console tomake a mode selection. The firstpress of the switch will show thecurrent mode. Subsequent presseswill scroll though the availablemodes. The Tour and Sport Modeswill feel similar on a smooth road.Select a new setting wheneverdriving conditions change.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth,soft ride.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Snow/Ice Mode

Use when more traction is neededduring slippery conditions.

When selected, the Snow/Ice Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 198.

Track Mode (V-Sport andV-Series Only)

Use when maximum vehiclehandling is desired.

When selected, the Track Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

When in Track Mode, the automatictransmission and steering willfunction similar to Sport Mode. Theaccelerator pedal is adjusted to givemaximum control during the highestlevel of spirited driving. TheMagnetic Ride Control will be set tothe optimum level for vehicleresponsiveness. Competitive DrivingMode or Performance TractionManagement (PTM) can beaccessed through this mode.

There are seven attributes that varyby mode shown below. Not allvehicles have all features,depending on the vehicle options.



Modes: TOURDefault

SPORT SNOW/ICE TRACK

Throttle Progression Normal Normal Snow/Ice Track

Transmission Shift Mode Normal Sport Normal Track

Steering (Assist Effort) Tour Sport Tour Track

Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Sport Tour Track

Launch Control (V-Series Only) NA NA NA Available

Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Track

Performance Traction Management (ifequipped) (V-Series Only)

Off Off Off Available

Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected

The Gauge Cluster Display isconfigured for each mode whenlinked (default):

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow thethrottle reacts to input.

. Snow/Ice - The acceleratorpedal will reduce engine torqueat small pedal inputs. Thisallows better wheel control onslippery surfaces.

. Track - The accelerator pedal isadjusted to give maximumcontrol during the highest levelof spirited driving.

Transmission Shift Mode

. Sport or Track – PerformanceMode Lift Foot (PMLF) allowsthe transmission to hold the

current gear after a quickrelease of a heavily appliedaccelerator pedal. This providesgreater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control withoutusing the paddles. PerformanceAlgorithm Shift (PAS) recognizesaggressive cornering, heavybraking, and high acceleration toselect and hold lower gearswhen not using paddles. Theshifts are also firmer to increasethe quickness of shifting.



. Snow/Ice – The vehicle willupshift normally when thevehicle is moving. Thetransmission will also shiftdifferently to assist inmaintaining traction.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelin Tour mode to reduced assist inSport and Track mode for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness from a comfort tune in Tourmode to an optimizedresponsiveness tune in Sport andTrack.

Launch Control (V-Series Only)

Available only in Track mode formaximum “off–the–line” accelerationwhen in Competitive or PTM modes.

Stability Control

. Competitive mode allows lesscomputer control to permit someslide and drift and is selectedwith the button – only availablein Track mode.

. StabiliTrak can be turned off bypressing and holding the buttonfor five seconds.

PTM (Performance TractionManagement) (if equipped)(V-Series Only)

. Available in Track mode.

. There are five selectablesettings.

Competitive Driving Mode(V-Sport andV-Series Only)To select this optional handlingmode, press theY button quicklytwo times and the DIC will displaythe appropriate message. While inthe Competitive Driving Mode, thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will come on in the

instrument cluster. TCS does notlimit wheel spin, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (ELSD)allows increased vehicle agility, andmore effort is required to turn thesteering wheel. See “Limited–SlipDifferential (V-Sport and V-SeriesOnly)” later in this section. Adjustyour driving accordingly.

Press theY button again, or turnthe ignition to ACC/ACCESSORYand restart the vehicle, to turn TCSback on. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g will go out inthe instrument cluster.

Caution

When traction control is turnedoff, or Competitive Driving Modeis active, it is possible to losetraction.

Performance TractionManagement (V-Series Only)

Performance Traction Management(PTM) integrates the TractionControl, StabiliTrak, and Selective



Ride Control systems to provideimproved and consistentperformance when cornering. Theamount of available engine power isbased on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM mode.

To select this optional handlingmode, the vehicle mode must beTrack. Then quickly press the TCS/StabiliTrakY button on the centerconsole two times.PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 -WET ACTIVE HANDLING ONdisplays in the DIC.

When PTM is active, the up anddown buttons will no longer changeDrive Modes, but instead changePTM modes.

To select a mode while in PTM,press the Driver Mode Control/PTMbuttons on the center console.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa curve and at the point wherenormal acceleration occurs, fullypush the accelerator pedal. ThePTM system will modify the level ofengine power for a smooth andconsistent corner exit.

The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby pressing the Driver ModeControl/PTM buttons on the centerconsole. Scroll up or down throughmodes 1-5 by pressing the MODESELECT up and down buttons Thefollowing is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1– WET ACTIVE HANDLING ON. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only —not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is reduced based onconditions.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2– DRY ACTIVE HANDLING ON. For use by less experienced

drivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is slightly reduced.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3– SPORT ACTIVEHANDLING ON. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.



PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4– SPORT ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak is off and availableengine power is the same asmode 3.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5– RACE ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by experienced drivers

who are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak is off and enginepower is available for maximumcornering speed.

Press and release the TCS/StabiliTrakY button to turn offPTM and return to the traction

control and StabiliTrak systems. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will go out.

Launch Control (V-Series Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within PerformanceTraction Management, to allow thedriver to achieve high levels ofvehicle acceleration in a straightline. Launch Control is a form oftraction control that manages tirespin while launching the vehicle.This feature is intended for useduring closed course race eventswhere consistent zero to60 and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Performance TractionManagement modes areselected. The TCS light comeson the instrument panel and theappropriate DIC messagedisplays.

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

Automatic Transmissions

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedalmore firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip.

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in PerformanceTraction Management.



Competitive Driving Mode, PTM,and Launch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.

Limited-Slip Differential(Except V-Sport andV-Series)If equipped, the mechanicallimited-slip differential can give moretraction on snow, mud, ice, sand,or gravel. It works like a standardaxle most of the time, but whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Forvehicles with limited slip differential,driven under severe conditions, therear axle fluid should be changed.See Competitive Driving Mode(V-Sport and V-Series Only) 0 221and Maintenance Schedule 0 347.

Limited-Slip Differential(V-Sport andV-Series Only)If equipped, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (ELSD) isautomatically activated. ELSDactively monitors vehicle sensorsand driver inputs to determine theamount of change for theconditions. With ELSD, thevehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control.

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak.

For vehicles with ELSD, drivenunder severe conditions, the rearaxle fluid should be changed. SeeCompetitive Driving Mode (V-Sportand V-Series Only) 0 221 andMaintenance Schedule 0 347.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 216. If a collision alert



occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 242. Whenroad conditions allow the cruisecontrol to be safely used, cruisecontrol can be turned back on.

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white indicatorappears in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Ifthere is a set speed in memory,press the control up briefly toresume to that speed or press andhold to accelerate. If the cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET− (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to SET− to setthe speed and activate cruisecontrol. If cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down tothe first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− downto the second detent.

*(Cancel) : Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If theJ button is on when not inuse, SET− or +RES could getpressed and go into cruise when notdesired. Keep theJ button offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET− .

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, a greencruise control indicator appears onthe instrument cluster and a cruiseset speed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed , thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.



Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press the +RES up to the firstdetent briefly. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES up to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly press+RES up to the second detent.For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 115.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− down to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− down to the seconddetent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down (CTS model only).


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflyapplying the SET– switch will resultin cruise control set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, the cruise control systemmay automatically brake to slow thevehicle down (CTS model only).



Also, you may have to brake or shiftto a lower gear to keep the vehiclespeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control disengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the following

time between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 374.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 216. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orelectronic stability control system isdisabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 189.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white cruisecontrol indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) :Press the control up briefly toresume the previous set speed or toincrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET– (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down tothe first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− downto the second detent.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengageACC without erasing the set speedfrom memory.

[ (Follow Distance Gap) : Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise control is on when notin use, the cruise on/off controlcould get pressed and cruise controlcould become active when notdesired. Keep cruise control buttonoff when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.



ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET– .

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD) (if equipped). Whenthe ACC is active, the indicatorturns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center

(DIC) and the Head-Up Display(HUD) (if equipped). See CruiseControl Messages 0 141.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press +RESup to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press +RESup to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.




Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−down to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−down to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster and HUD,if equipped. Subsequent pressescycle the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. The

faster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 242.

Alerting the Driver

Without Head-Up Display



With Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, a seriesof red lights or the collision alertsymbol on the HUD, if equipped, willflash on the windshield. Either eightbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

See Defensive Driving 0 189.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display,if equipped.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automatic

braking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.



ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead symbolwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides of

the Safety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound.See ”Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turnon. See Electric Parking Brake0 214. To release the electricparking brake, press the acceleratorpedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 140.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC and in the HUD (ifequipped) will indicate that



automatic braking will not occur.See Vehicle Messages 0 140. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.



Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in the

lane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield behind the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 336.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 189.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 152.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 152.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA),Surround Vision, Front VisionCamera, Curb View Camera, RearAutomatic Braking (RAB) andBacking Warning System, RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA), andAutomatic Parking Assist (APA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.



Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RearParking Assist (RPA) has detectedan object. This triangle changesfrom amber to red and increases insize the closer the object.

Surround Vision (CTS Only)

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along with

the front or rear camera views in thecenter stack. The front camera is inthe grille or near the front emblem,the side cameras are on the bottomof the outside rearview mirrors, andthe rear camera is above the licenseplate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision Camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera (CTS Only)

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecenter stack. The front view shows

after shifting from R (Reverse) to D(Drive) and when the vehicle ismoving forward slower than 8 km/h(5 mph), or when the Parking Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

Curb View Camera (CTS-VSeries Only)

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecenter stack. The display shows afront, top down view at the top of thescreen and left and right frontcamera images on the bottom. Thefront view shows after shifting fromR (Reverse) to D (Drive) and whenthe vehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph), or when theParking Assist system detects an

object within 30 cm (12 in). Thefront cameras are on both sides ofthe front fascia.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehiclewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off



the ground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change color from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending where the objectis detected, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. Beeps for FPA are higherpitched than for RPA.

Backing Warning and RearAutomatic Braking

Vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) have the BackingWarning and Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. The BackingWarning part of this system canwarn of rear objects when backingup at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulsetwice on both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat. When the systemdetects a potential crash, beeps willbe heard from the rear, or fivepulses will be felt on both sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat. There mayalso be a brief, sharp application ofthe brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning Systemonly operates at speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph). It does notdetect children, pedestrians,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.In some situations, such as athigher backing speeds, there maynot be enough time for the short,sharp application of the vehiclebrake system to occur. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with the Backing WarningSystem, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before backing.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),if the system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crashwith a detected object behind yourvehicle in your path, it mayautomatically brake hard to a stop tohelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by a backing crash.

{ Warning

Rear Automatic Braking may notavoid many types of backingcrashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind thevehicle. It may not brake or stopin time to avoid a crash. It will notbrake for objects when thevehicle is moving at very lowspeeds. It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with RearAutomatic Braking, always checkthe area around the vehiclebefore and while backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releasethe Rear Automatic Braking. If the

brake pedal is not pressed soonafter the stop, the electric parkingbrake may be set. When it is safe,press the accelerator pedal firmly atany time to override the RearAutomatic Braking.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesiredautomatic braking occurs. If thishappens, either press the brakepedal or firmly press theaccelerator pedal to release thebrakes from the Rear AutomaticBraking system. Before releasingthe brakes, check the RVCscreen and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the leftor right. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from



the left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, eitherthree beeps sound from the left orright or three Safety Alert Seatpulses occur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the center stackis used to turn on or off the Frontand Rear Parking Assist, RearCross Traffic Alert, BackingWarning, and Rear AutomaticBraking system at the same time.The indicator light next to the button

comes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

Turn off parking assist and RearAutomatic Braking when towing atrailer.

To turn the rear parking assistsymbols on or off, see “RearCamera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 152.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel orperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. The Driver informationCenter (DIC) and audible beepshelp to guide parking maneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

The system is available when thevehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APAbutton,O, to enable the system tobegin searching for a space that is



large enough to park in. The systemcannot detect whether it is a legalparking space.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, pressand hold the APA button during thesearch process to switch the APAparking mode betweenperpendicular and parallel parking.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn onthe left turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space bordered by twovehicles or other objects, an audiblebeep occurs and a red symboldisplays in the DIC.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A DIC progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may berequired, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.



. An incoming call is receivedthrough a connected phone.Disconnect the phone from thevehicle to prevent APA fromdisengaging.

To cancel APA, press the APAbutton again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the Safety AlertSeat. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 189.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 152.



Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times. When thisCollision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.



Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,

or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timing may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the ACCfollowing gap setting (Far, Medium,or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are not

vehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately or



hard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 242.

The system works when driving in aforward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.



{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Auto Collision Preparation” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Off whentowing a trailer.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert system, readthe entire Lane Change Alertsection before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning display

will light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.



LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.

If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 152.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further back



when a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 336.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaning

both sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thiszone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

When LCA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Lane Change Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 374.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is part

of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

lane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDW

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

alert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the center stack.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there will be threebeeps, or the driver seat will pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.



The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend usingTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has an LGX 3.6LV6 engine, use regular unleadedgasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 87 or higher. Do not



use gasoline with an octane ratingbelow 87, as it may cause enginedamage and will lower fueleconomy.

If the vehicle has an LTG 2.0L L4Turbo engine, use premiumunleaded gasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 91 or higher.Regular unleaded gasoline rated at87 octane or higher can be used,but acceleration and fuel economywill be reduced, and an audibleknocking noise may be heard. If thisoccurs, use a gasoline rated at91 octane or higher as soon aspossible. Otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 91 octane rating orhigher, the engine needs service.

If the vehicle has an LF3 3.6L V6Twin Turbo or the LT4 V8 engine,use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 91 orhigher. If the octane is less than 91,damage to the engine may occurand may void the vehicle warranty.

If heavy knocking is heard whenusing gasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels that



meet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 125.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any other

fuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 250.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hot

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

weather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door. The fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do nottop off or overfill the tank and wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuelspillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 336.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the trunk.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

fire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. After filling the tank, removeand clean the funnel adapterand return it to the storagelocation.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 333. Fortowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 334.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the stateand local laws that apply totrailer towing.



. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 2 414 km (1,500mi) toprevent damage to the engine,axle, or other parts.

. Then during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shiftstoo often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Front Automatic BrakingSystem should be set to Offwhen towing. See FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) System0 22.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if theliftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outsideair. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutCarbon Monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 209.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as the

vehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid heavybraking and sudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination will not accelerate asquickly and is longer so it is



necessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this sothe trailer will not strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,

or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden maneuvers. Signal well inadvance.

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burnout, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will still flash for turns. It isimportant to check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might get hot and no longerwork well.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, consider thefollowing: Engine coolant will boil ata lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, the

vehicle may show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with theautomatic transmission in P (Park)for a few minutes before turning theengine off. If the overheat warningcomes on, see Engine Overheating0 281.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.



2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the regularbrakes until the chocks absorbthe load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.


3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

7. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 347.Things that are especially importantin trailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system, andbrake system. It is a good idea toinspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing (With LGXEngine)Before pulling a trailer, threeimportant considerations have to dowith weight:

. Weight of the trailer.

. Weight of the trailer tongue.

. Total weight on your vehicle'stires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that canbe too heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, andhow much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in thetow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers, and cargoin the tow vehicle must besubtracted from the maximum trailerweight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice, or write us atour Customer Assistance Offices.See Customer Assistance Offices0 366.



Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

The trailer tongue (1) should weigh10% of the total loaded trailerweight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Tire and Loading Information

label. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198. Make sure not to go over theGVW limit for the vehicle, includingthe weight of the trailer tongue.

Trailer Towing (With LTG,LF3, or LT4 Engine)The vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.

. The rear bumper on the vehicleis not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so,seal the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadly



carbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 209.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue ofthe trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does the trailer have its ownbrakes? Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well orat all.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light)0 125. A device connected to theData Link Connector (DLC)—such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device—may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 83 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 83.


260 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 261California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 261

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 275Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 281Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Battery - North America . . . . . . 285All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 287Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 288

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 288Windshield Replacement . . . . . 289

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 290Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 291Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 303Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320


Vehicle Care 261

If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 333Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive

harm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 285and Jump Starting - North America0 331.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things as


262 Vehicle Care

airbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 373.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 359.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.


Vehicle Care 263

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hoodrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thehood near the center. Push thehandle to the right and at thesame time raise the hood.

To close the hood:

Before closing the hood, be sure allfiller caps are on properly. Then,bring the hood from full open towithin 152 mm (6 in) of the closedposition. Pause, then push the frontcenter of the hood with a swift, firmmotion to fully close the hood.


264 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 LTG Engine


Vehicle Care 265

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 283.

2. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 331.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 292.

4. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 276.

5. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 331.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 271.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 276.

8. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 271.

9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 275.

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 284.


266 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 LGX Engine


Vehicle Care 267












268 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 LF3 Engine


Vehicle Care 269












270 Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 LT4 Engine


Vehicle Care 271








8. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out ofView). See Engine Oil 0 271.



Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Always use engine oil approvedto the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 273.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehicle

must be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 264 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.


272 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil

2.0L LTG L4 Turbo

3.6L LF3 V6 Twin Turbo

3.6L LGX V6 Shown, 6.2L LT4 V8Similar

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See

“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 361.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 264 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


Vehicle Care 273

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the

trash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 142.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil life


274 Vehicle Care

system might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134 and EngineOil Messages 0 142.

2. Press the SEL button and holdto clear the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message and resetthe oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information.


Vehicle Care 275

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 347, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 356.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 347.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake

the engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 LTG Engine Shown, 3.6LV6 LGX Engine Similar

1. Remove the four screws on topof the air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the air/cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.

3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstallthe air cleaner/filter cover.

3.6L V6 LF3 Engine

1. Lower Air Duct Clamp2. Lower Electrical Connector3. Upper Air Duct Clamp4. Upper Electrical Connector5. Screws


276 Vehicle Care

1. Disconnect the lower andupper outlet ducts by looseningthe lower (1) and upper (3) airduct clamps.

2. Disconnect the lower (2) andupper (4) electrical connectorsand wiring attachments to aircleaner/filter cover.

3. Remove the screws (5) on topof the air cleaner/filter cover.

4. Lift the air cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.




6.2L V8 LT4 Engine

1. Remove the screws on top ofthe air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the air cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.




{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.


Vehicle Care 277

2.0L L4 LTG Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

3.6L V6 LGX Engine



3.6L V6 LF3 Engine




278 Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 LT4 Engine



{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Maintenance Schedule0 347 and Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 356.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 281.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The engine

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 279

Warning (Continued)

could catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running. It isalso normal to see bubbles enteringthe surge tank through thesmall hose.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the COLDFILL line, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

It is normal for the coolant level inthe bottom chamber to rise and fallwith operating temperature andambient conditions. Coolant willevaporate from the bottom chamberin normal operation. This will


280 Vehicle Care

happen faster when the vehicle isdriven for long periods in hot, dryconditions.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at the bottomof the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem, including the coolant surgetank pressure cap, is cool beforeyou do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or others

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap from the topchamber when the cooling


Vehicle Care 281

system, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still leftto be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it. Open thesurge tank service port cap tothe lower chamber. The serviceport is behind the top chamber.

3. Fill the surge tank top chamberwith the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture to the bottomof the fill neck. The topchamber needs to becompletely full. Fill the surgetank bottom chamber throughthe service port toapproximately half.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off and the surgetank service port cap open,start the engine and let it rununtil you can feel the upperradiator hose getting hot.Watch out for the enginecooling fan(s).

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tanktop chamber may be lower.If the level is lower, add moreof the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture to the surgetank top chamber until the levelreaches the bottom of thefill neck.

5. Replace the surge tankpressure cap tightly and closethe surge tank service port cap.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Check the level in the surge tanktop and bottom chambers when thecooling system has cooled down.If the coolant is not at the properlevels, repeat Steps 1–3 andreinstall the pressure cap and closethe service port. If the coolant still isnot at the proper levels when thesystem cools down again, see yourdealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Service 0 367.


282 Vehicle Care

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn it

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

off and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment with NoOverheat Warning(V-Series Only)

The V-Series hood vent isfunctional, and will allow water fromrain and car washes to enter theengine compartment and contacthot surfaces. If steam is seencoming from the hood vent with noaccompanying overheat warning, noaction is required.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle in


Vehicle Care 283

front. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 264 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or be


284 Vehicle Care

heard all the time when the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 361.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrong

replacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Cold Weather Brake Operation(CTS-V Model)

High performance brakecomponents may bind and clunkwhen moving the vehicle. This maybe noticeable after parking when thebrakes have been wet, such aswhen driving in the rain or after acar wash. This is normal for brakeswith high friction pads and does notaffect the operation of the brakes.Apply the brakes several times untilthe binding or clunking stops. Drivethe vehicle and apply the brakesseveral times if it is washed beforelong-term storage.

Brake Fluid


Vehicle Care 285

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 264 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 127.

Brake fluid absorbs water over time.Replace brake fluid at the specifiedintervals to prevent increasedstopping distance. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 347.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 356.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

The battery is in the trunk, behindthe trim panel, on the driver side ofthe vehicle. Refer to the


286 Vehicle Care

replacement number shown on theoriginal battery label when a newbattery is needed.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 261.

After a power loss, such asdisconnecting the battery orremoving the maxi fuses in thepower distribution fuse block, thefollowing steps must be performedto calibrate the electronic throttlecontrol. If this is not done, theengine will not run properly.

1. Turn the ignition on but do notstart the engine.

2. Leave the ignition on for atleast three minutes so that theelectronic throttle control willcycle and relearn its homeposition.

3. Turn the ignition off.

4. Start and run the engine for atleast 30 seconds.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 331 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck the transfer case fluid unlessa leak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A fluid loss couldindicate a problem. Have itinspected and repaired.


Vehicle Care 287

How to Check Lubricant

1. Fill Plug2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug hole, on the transfercase, some lubricant will need to beadded. Add enough lubricant toraise the level to the bottom of thefill plug hole. Use care not toovertighten the fill plug.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356 to determine whatkind of lubricant to use.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.


288 Vehicle Care

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 214.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injured

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 357.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield. The passengerside wiper arm has limitedtravel.


Vehicle Care 289

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages fromthese systems. See ObjectDetection System Messages 0 144.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


290 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs0 291.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The high intensity dischargelighting system operates at a veryhigh voltage. If you try to serviceany of the system components,you could be seriously injured.Have your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket


Vehicle Care 291

2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)toward the center of thevehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

LicensePlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.


292 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windshield is dry fora long period of time. If a period ofdry operation, or little moisture,exceeds ten minutes, the wipersmay switch to intermittent operation,and remain there. When moisture isagain detected on the windshield,wiper operation will return to theoperator selected speed.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.

Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 292,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 295,and Rear Compartment Fuse Block0 298.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underhood fuse block is on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to accessthe fuses.


Vehicle Care 293

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

Number Usage

1 Not used

Number Usage

2 Not used


294 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

*3 Passengermotorized seat belt

4 Body controlmodule 6

5 Not used

6 Driver power seat

7 Not used

*8 Headlamp washerrelay

9 Not used

10 Not used

11 Not used

12 Not used

13 Passengerpower seat


15 Front wiper

16 Not used

*17 Headlamp washer

18 Not used

Number Usage

19 Antilock brakesystem pump

20 Antilock brakesystem valve

*21 AIR pump

22 Driver motorizedseat belt

23 Wiper control relay

24 Wiper speed relay

25 Engine controlmodule relay

*26 AIR pump relay

27 Spare, heatedseat 2

28 Body controlmodule 1, spare

*29 AFS AHL,pedestrianprotection

30 Passenger windowswitch


Number Usage

32 Sunroof

33 Not used

34 AOS display, MILignition

35 Rear electricalcenter ignition

36 Spare PT fuse

37 Oxygen sensor

38 Ignition coils,injectors

39 Ignition coils,injectors, spare

40 Engine controlmodule

41 Fuel heater

*42 AIR solenoid relay

43 Washer

44 Not used

45 Front washer relay

46 Not used

47 Instrument panelbody ignition


Vehicle Care 295

Number Usage

48 Fuel system controlmodule ignition

49 Heated steeringwheel

*50 Steeringcolumn lock

*51 Coolant pump

*52 Coolant pump relay

53 Air conditioningcompressor clutch

*54 AIR solenoid

55 Transmissioncontrol module,spare

*56 Headlamp low relay

57 Headlamp highrelay

58 Starter

59 Starter relay

60 Run, crank relay

*61 Vacuum pump relay

62 Air conditioningcontrol relay

Number Usage

*63 Adaptive headlampleveling

*64 Left high intensitydischarge headlamp

*65 Right high intensitydischarge headlamp

66 Headlamp high left/right

67 Horn

68 Horn relay

69 Cooling fan

70 Aero shutter

71 Transmissioncontrol moduleignition

72 Engine controlmodule ignition

*73 Brakevacuum pump

74 Not used

* Optional

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isin the end of the driver side of theinstrument panel.

To access the fuses, remove theend panel by gently prying with aplastic tool near each clip, beginningat the point shown.


296 Vehicle Care

To install the end cover, insert thetabs on the back of the cover intothe slots in the instrument panel atthe points shown. Align the clipswith the slots in the instrumentpanel, and press the cover intoplace.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Mini Fuses Usage

2 Motorized cupholder

Mini Fuses Usage

3 Electric steeringcolumn lock


Vehicle Care 297

Mini Fuses Usage

4 Data link connector

5 Heater, ventilation,and air conditioningcontrol

6 Tilt and telescopingsteering column

8 Spare

9 Glove box release

10 Shunt



13 Spare

14 Spare

15 Spare

16 Spare

17 Spare

18 Spare

19 Spare

20 Spare

21 Spare

Mini Fuses Usage

22 Sensing diagnosticmodule, automaticoccupant sensing

23 Radio, DVD/Heater,ventilation, and airconditioning

24 Display

25 Heated steeringwheel

26 Wireless charger

27 Steering wheelswitches

28 Spare

29 Visor

30 Spare

J CaseFuses

Usage

31 Spare

32 Spare

33 Front heater,ventilation, and airconditioning blower

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Retained accessorypower, accessorypower outlet power

CB7 Spare

Relays Usage

K10 Retained accessorypower, Accessory

K605 Logistics

K644 Glove box release


298 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the driver side ofthe rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.


Vehicle Care 299

Number Usage

*1 Electronic limitedslip differential/DCDC transformer

2 Left window


*4 A/C inverter

5 Passive entrypassive startbattery 1


7 Heated mirrors

8 Amplifier

9 Rear windowdefogger

10 Glass break

*11 Trailer connector

12 OnStar (if equipped)

13 Right window

14 Electric parkingbrake

15 Not used

Number Usage

16 Trunk release

*17 Run relay

*18 Logistics relay

*19 Logistics fuse

20 Rear windowdefogger relay

21 Mirror windowmodule

22 Pedestrianprotection

23 Canister vent


*25 Rear vision camera

*26 Front ventilatedseats

*27 SBZA/LDW/EOCM

*28 Trailer, sunshade

*29 Rear heated seats

*30 Semi-activedamping system

Number Usage

*31 Transfer casecontrol module,electronic limitedslip differential

32 Theft module/Universal garagedoor opener/Rainsensor

*33 UPA

*34 Radio, DVD

35 Spare

*36 Trailer

37 Fuel pump, fuelsystem controlmodule

38 Not used

39 Not used

40 Not used

41 Not used

*42 Memory seatmodule



300 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

44 Not used

45 Battery regulatedvoltage control

46 Engine controlmodule battery

47 Not used

48 Not used

*49 Trailer module

50 Door lock security

51 Rear closurerelease

52 Not used

53 Not used

54 Door lock security

55 Not used

*56 Fuel door

* Optional

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 301

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 309 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 301.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 316.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If winter


302 Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, may havehad run-flat tires. There is no sparetire, no tire changing equipment,and no place to store a tire in thevehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured. Do notdrive over 90 km/h (55 mph) whenthe low tire warning light is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

displayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, keep speed below 80 km/h(50 mph). With a light load thevehicle can be driven up to 100 km(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km(25 mi). As soon as possible,contact the nearest authorized GMor run-flat servicing facility forinspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or driven

any distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tireshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 310. These sensorscontain batteries that are designedto last for 10 years under normaldriving conditions. See your dealerfor wheel or sensor replacement.

Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tire valves and tire pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattires. This damage is not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattires.


Vehicle Care 303

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 255/35R19,265/35ZR19, or 295/30ZR19size tires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with 245/40R18 (front) and 275/35R18 (rear)high performance summer tires.These tires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 301.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store high

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

performance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 313.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.


304 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,

tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 318.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


Vehicle Care 305

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.


306 Vehicle Care

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 308.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.


Vehicle Care 307

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 308 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 315.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 318.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.


308 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 198.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehicle


Vehicle Care 309

has not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with P245/45R17 95V,P245/40R18 93V, or 255/35R19 96V size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold tire inflation pressure to280 kPa (41 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40R18 93Y and275/35R18 95Y or 265/35ZR19(94Y) and 295/30ZR19 (100Y) sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold tire inflationpressure to 300 kPa (44 psi).

Sustained operation at speeds over160 km/h (100 mph) requires a loadlimit of the driver and onepassenger, with no additional cargo.When loaded above this level, up tothe GVW, do not operate the vehicleabove 160 km/h (100 mph).

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198 and Tire Pressure 0 308.


310 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 311.



Vehicle Care 311

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 134.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 198, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 308.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 313, Tire Rotation 0 314 and Tires0 300.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMS


312 Vehicle Care

sensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 322 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performed

successfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 316.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,


Vehicle Care 313

passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power modein ON/RUN/START. SeeIgnition Positions 0 202.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and off

through the Settings menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 134.

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 134.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonin the center of the five-wayDIC control.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. Thehorn sounds two times toindicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.


314 Vehicle Care

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationIf the vehicle has non-directionaltires, they should be rotatedevery 12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 347.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 315 and WheelReplacement 0 320.

Directional tires should not berotated. Each tire and wheelshould be used only in theposition it is in. Directional tireswill have an arrow on the tireindicating the proper direction ofrotation or will have “left” or“right” molded on the sidewall.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear and theyare non-directional.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.


Vehicle Care 315

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tires of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 308 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 198.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 311.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 361.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not get

grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)


316 Vehicle Care

or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 313 and Tire Rotation0 314.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight to

slow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 303, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 314 for information


Vehicle Care 317

on proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 311.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198, for the label location andmore information about the Tireand Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle has


318 Vehicle Care

electronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 316 andAccessories and Modifications0 261.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements and

additional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends


Vehicle Care 319

upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.


320 Vehicle Care

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

affect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has P245/40R18,245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/30ZR19 size tires, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The area

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 321

Warning (Continued)

damaged by the tire chains couldcause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with atire size other than P245/40R18,245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/30ZR19 use tire chains onlywhere legal and only whennecessary. Use low profile chains

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

that add no more than 12 mmthickness to the tire tread andinner sidewall. Use chains thatare the proper size for the tires.Install them on the tires of therear axle. Don't use chains on thetires of the front axle. Tightenthem as tightly as possible withthe ends securely fastened. Driveslowly and follow the chainmanufacturer's instructions. If thechains contact the vehicle, stopand retighten them. If the contactcontinues, slow down until itstops. Driving too fast or spinningthe wheels with chains on willdamage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIf the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires 0 302.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

It is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 300. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.


322 Vehicle Care

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattires and a tire goes flat, avoidfurther tire and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, well

off the road, if possible. Turn on thehazard warning flashers. SeeHazard Warning Flashers 0 167.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorized

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 322.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaust

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 323

Warning (Continued)

contains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 209.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tire

sealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service0 367.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


324 Vehicle Care

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


Vehicle Care 325


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 167.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 321 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 330.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 111.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.


326 Vehicle Care

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 308.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService 0 367.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,

therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove the


Vehicle Care 327

maximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Service 0 367.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.


328 Vehicle Care

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:


2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button


If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 167.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 321 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 330.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.


Vehicle Care 329

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 111.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 308.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem, byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.


330 Vehicle Care

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk0 41.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Remove the strap.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.


Vehicle Care 331

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 285.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 261.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

2. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

3. Discharged Battery RemotePositive terminal

4. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative Ground Terminal

The jump start positive terminal (1)and negative post (2) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The jump start remote positiveterminal (3) and the remote negativeground terminal (4) for thedischarged battery are on thepassenger side of the vehicle.


332 Vehicle Care

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under ared cover. Remove the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories inboth vehicles, except thehazard warning flashers ifneeded.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.


Vehicle Care 333

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundingterminal for the dischargedbattery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shorting

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

may occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.


334 Vehicle Care

Due to low ramp angles on theV-Series only, use care whenloading the vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier. Front spring spacers wereprovided for lifting the frontsuspension if more clearance isnecessary when towing.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Use the tow eye for towing adisabled vehicle or loading it onto aflatbed car carrier. The tow eyeshould not be used to recover avehicle from an off road situation.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing the

vehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.


Vehicle Care 335

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dolly Towing(Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

To dolly tow a rear-wheel-drivevehicle from the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer instructions.

2. Put the rear wheels on thedolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Firmly set the parking brake.


336 Vehicle Care

5. Use an adequate clampingdevice designed for towing toensure that the front wheelsare locked into thestraight-ahead position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturerinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.

8. Turn the ignition to OFF.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel DriveVehicles)

Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 337

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Thee symbol is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be powerwashed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.


338 Vehicle Care

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber parts can be washedand waxed like any other parts. Usea clear or black pigmented wax. SeeCarbon Fiber 0 202

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create a

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 339

Caution (Continued)

non-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 356.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,

(Continued)


340 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket, and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinge, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from the

underbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoid


Vehicle Care 341

corrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.

A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.


342 Vehicle Care

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


Vehicle Care 343

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals can

(Continued)


344 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

cause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 345

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 345

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 347

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 359

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil


346 Service and Maintenance

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 198.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 250.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 262.



Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes with theCadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services during thefirst 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance with theowner manual, including:

. Oil changes based on thevehicle's oil life monitor system.

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi‐point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by a Cadillacauthorized service dealer.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 271.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 308.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 313.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 283.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least once



a year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 273.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 314.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 271 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 273.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 278.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 283.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 336. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 288.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 308.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 313.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 275.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 336.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 336.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 71.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 336.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 287.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 287.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 288.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Turbo Engines) @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(3.6L LGX and 6.2L LT4 Engines) @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with electroniclimited slip differential. (3.6L V6 Turbo LF3 and6.2L V8 LT4 Engines only)

@ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 314.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, poor air quality, areas withhigh dust levels or are sensitive to

environmental allergens. Filterreplacement may also be needed ifyou notice reduced airflow, windowsfogging up, or odors. Your local GM



Service location can help youdetermine when it is the right time toreplace your filter.

(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 276.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(7) Or every three years, whichevercomes first.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil andfilter, if needed. (1)

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (Except 6.2LV8 Engine) (4) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (6.2LV8 Engine) (4) @ @ @ @ @ @

2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Engines: Replace sparkplugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

3.6L LFX Engine Only: Replace spark plugs.Inspect spark plug wires. @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5) @ @ @

Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @

Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8) @ @ @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 314.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, poor air quality, areas withhigh dust levels or are sensitive toenvironmental allergens. Filterreplacement may also be needed ifyou notice reduced airflow, windowsfogging up, or odors. Your local GMService location can help youdetermine when it is the right time toreplace your filter.

(3) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the transfercase fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 276.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Or every three years, whichevercomes first.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 336.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 341 andExterior Care 0 336.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAEviscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approvedengine oil. See Engine Oil 0 271.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 278.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission ATF-WS Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88863400, inCanada 88863401).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).

Rear Axle (Non-Limited SlipDifferential)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.

Rear Axle (Limited-Slip Differential) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, inCanada 88862625) meeting GM Specification 9986290.

Electronic Limited Slip Differential(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant(CTS-V and V-Sport Only)

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-WheelDrive)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, inCanada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 20857930 A3178C

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 22844634 A3185C

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 22935844 A3203C



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 19330000 PF63E

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 89017525 PF63

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 12646780 41-130

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12642791 41-118

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12642722 41-128

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23144358 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23144359 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


360 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 363

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 361 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, under the floor cover inthe trunk on the passenger side,has the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 361

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 356 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System– Engine

2.0L L4 Engine 8.8 L 9.3 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 10 L 10.6 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12.2 L 12.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine RWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt

2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) RWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) AWD 6.15 L 6.5 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 6.6 L 7.0 qt


362 Technical Data

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 9.5 L 10.0 qt

Fuel Tank 72 L 19 gal

Transfer Case – AWD 0.8 L 0.8 qt

Rear Axle (with limited slip) 1.2 L 1.3 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)

3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 8 Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 6 Automatic 0.725–0.875 mm (0.029–0.034 in)


Technical Data 363

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine

6.2L V8 Engine


364 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 366

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 367Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 371Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 375OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 376

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 365

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800–458–8006. InCanada, call the Canadian CadillacCustomer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Limited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCadillac Customer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user can



communicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience allows interaction withCadillac and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information) :Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information) :View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I (Service History) : Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation) : Select a dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r (Warranty TrackingInformation) : Track your vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information) : Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 360.

H (Other Account Information) :View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F (Live Chat Support) : Chat withonline help representatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S./Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.



. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner or

driver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is your

responsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car or avehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 805 km(500 mi).

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.



A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts and

labor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.



Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.



General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New Vehicle

Limited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will not



specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service 0 367.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 77.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehicle



repaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information(US and Canada Only)

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.



Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1



Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.



These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 381.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 377

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription. OnStar requires thevehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statementfor more details including systemlimitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


378 OnStar

. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot nameor SSID and password,if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyOnStar Emergency Services requirea specific OnStar subscription plan.With Automatic Crash Response, inmany crashes, built-in sensors canautomatically alert a speciallytrained OnStar Advisor who isimmediately connected to thevehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being started.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.


OnStar 379

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, press the Go buttonon the navigation screen to begindriving directions. Routes that aresent to the navigation screen canonly be canceled through thenavigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type


380 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple®,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can providesavings offers from restaurants andretailers on your route, help locatehotels, or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.


OnStar 381

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsOnStar Advanced Diagnostics canperform a check of the vehicle's keyoperating systems through amonthly diagnostics report, throughreal time alerts or by pressingQ.OnStar can also monitor tirepressure, if equipped with a TirePressure Monitor System.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Services,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


382 OnStar

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the


OnStar 383

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 259. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy


384 OnStar

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.


OnStar 385

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of


386 OnStar

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 387

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 227Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 259Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .57Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 275Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Passenger Sensing System . . . .78What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Airbag System (cont'd)What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .74AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 124Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 246

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 286Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 214Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


388 Index

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235

Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Battery - North America . . . .285, 331Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 288Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 127

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 202Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 290Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

CCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 251Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .261, 285, 331

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2

Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .86Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 100Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336


Index 389

Cleaning (cont'd)Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 371CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 221Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 322ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Engine Temperature Gauge . . 122Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Cooling System (cont'd)Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 227Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 366Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 373

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 371Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 375Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 224Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . .65

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 363Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 213, 286

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 235Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 218DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 242Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 196


390 Index

Driving (cont'd)If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 198Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 214Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Engine (cont'd)Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 264Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Cooling System Messages . . . 142Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 210Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 204

Engine OilTemperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 121

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 375Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 163Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 165Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 167Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 274Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .61

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252


Index 391

Fuel (cont'd)Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 131Requirements, California . . . . . 251System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 159Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

GaugesBoost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 121Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Gauges (cont'd)Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 345Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 167Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136HeadlampsAdaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132

Headlamps (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46HeaterEngine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 309Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 196Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115


392 Index

Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 47Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 143Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .29

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 303LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 166Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 125Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Lamps (cont'd)Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 246Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 248Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 128Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290LightAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . 132LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 168LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Lights (cont'd)Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 127Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . 130

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 131Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 123Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 130

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 224LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37


Index 393

Locks (cont'd)Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 131Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 347Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 125Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Messages (cont'd)Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 142Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Object Detection System . . . . . 144Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 147Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 150Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Mirrors (cont'd)Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 47Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 202

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


394 Index

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 85Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 367OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 379OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 381OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 378OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 373

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 288

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 209Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 235

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 78Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 261

Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 206Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 70Premium Care MaintenanceCadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 375

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 370

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .261, 285, 331

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 374Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Rear Climate Control System . . . 183Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 65Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . 50Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 334Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 84


Index 395

Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 374General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 363Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .72Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .70

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 374General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 369Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .61Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .57Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .55Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Seats (cont'd)Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Securing Child Restraints . . . 97, 100SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 262Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 359Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 360Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 369Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83


396 Index

Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 246Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Special Application Services . . . . 352Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 287Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . 20, 204Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Storage Areas (cont'd)Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 103Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50SunshadeRear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 376SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 366Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 58Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Pressure Monitor Operation . . .311Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 310Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Terminology and Definitions . . 305Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320


Index 397

Tires (cont'd)When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 254Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258General Information . . . . . . . . . . 254Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 334Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 258Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 191

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 224Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 258

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 318Universal Remote System . . . . . . 159Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Identification Number (VIN) . . . 360Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 129Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 330

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 248

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 319Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315


398 Index

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 90Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 288Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Documents

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S ... · ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse savant: Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service